blob: 8e2ef1a95e4a0afb1efb4d9c2e736f3448751e93 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000169 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000273}
274
275
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000280}
281
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000814 case Type::Paren:
815 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
816
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000817 case Type::Typedef: {
818 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000819 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
820 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
821 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
822 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000823 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000824 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000825
826 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
827 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
828 .getTypePtr());
829
830 case Type::TypeOf:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
832
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000833 case Type::Decltype:
834 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
835 .getTypePtr());
836
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000837 case Type::Elaborated:
838 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000840 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000841 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000842 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
843 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
844 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
845 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
846 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000849 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000850 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000851}
852
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000853/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
854/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000859 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000860}
861
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000862/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000863/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
868 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
869}
870
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000871/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
872/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
873/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
874/// a data type.
875unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
876 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877
878 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000879 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000880 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
881 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
882 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
883 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
884
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000885 return ABIAlign;
886}
887
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000888/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
889/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
890///
891void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000892 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000893 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
894 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
895 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
896 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
897 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
898 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000899}
900
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000901/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
902/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
903/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
904/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
905/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
908 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000909 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000910 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
911 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
912 if (!leafClass) {
913 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
914 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000915 Ivars.push_back(*I);
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000917 else
918 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000919}
920
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000921/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
922/// those inherited by it.
923void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000924 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000925 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000926 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
927 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
928 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
929 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000930 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000931 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000933 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
934 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
936 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000937 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000938
939 // Categories of this Interface.
940 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
941 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
943 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
944 while (SD) {
945 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
946 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
947 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000948 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000949 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
951 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000952 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000953 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
954 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
955 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
956 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000957 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000958 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
959 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
960 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000961 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000962 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
963 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
964 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
965 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000966 }
967}
968
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000969unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
970 unsigned count = 0;
971 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000972 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
973 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000974 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
975
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000976 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
977 // includes synthesized ivars.
978 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000979 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
980
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000981 return count;
982}
983
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000984/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
985ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
986 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
987 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
988 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
989 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
990 return 0;
991}
992/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
993ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
994 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
995 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
996 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
997 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
998 return 0;
999}
1000
1001/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1002void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1003 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1004 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1005 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1006}
1007/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1008void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1009 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1010 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1011 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1012}
1013
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001014/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1015/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001016Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001017 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1018 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1019 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001020 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001021 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001022 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1023}
1024
1025/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1026void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1027 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001028 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1029 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001030 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1031}
1032
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001033/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001034///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001035/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001036/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1037///
1038/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1039/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1040/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001041TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001042 unsigned DataSize) {
1043 if (!DataSize)
1044 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1045 else
1046 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001047 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001048
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001049 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1050 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1051 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1052 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001053}
1054
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001055TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001056 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001057 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001058 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1059 return DI;
1060}
1061
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001062const ASTRecordLayout &
1063ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1064 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1065}
1066
1067const ASTRecordLayout &
1068ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1069 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1070}
1071
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001072//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1073// Type creation/memoization methods
1074//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1075
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001076QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1077 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1078 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1079
1080 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1082 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1083 void *InsertPos = 0;
1084 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1085 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1086 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1087 return T;
1088 }
1089
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00001090 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001091 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1092 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1093 return T;
1094}
1095
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001096QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001097 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1098 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001099 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001100
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001101 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1102 // into one ExtQuals node.
1103 QualifierCollector Quals;
1104 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1107 // another one.
1108 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1109 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1110 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001111
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001112 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001113}
1114
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001115QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001116 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001117 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001118 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001119 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001121 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001122 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001123 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001124 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1125 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1126 }
1127 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001129 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1130 // into one ExtQuals node.
1131 QualifierCollector Quals;
1132 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001133
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1135 // another one.
1136 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1137 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1138 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001140 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001141}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001142
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001143const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1144 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1145 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1146 return T;
1147
1148 QualType Result;
1149 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1150 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1151 } else {
1152 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1153 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1154 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1155 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1156 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1157 }
1158
1159 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1160}
1161
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001162static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001163 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001164 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001165 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1166 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001167 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001168 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1169 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001170
1171 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001172 } else if (const ParenType *Paren = T->getAs<ParenType>()) {
1173 QualType Inner = Paren->getInnerType();
1174 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Inner, Info);
1175 if (ResultType == Inner)
1176 return T;
1177
1178 ResultType = Context.getParenType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001179 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1180 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1181 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001182 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001183 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1184 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001185
1186 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregorafac01d2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001187 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1188 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1189 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1190 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1191 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1192 return T;
1193
1194 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1195 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001196 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
John McCalle6a365d2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001197 ResultType = QualType(Context.adjustFunctionType(F, Info), 0);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001198 } else
1199 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001200
1201 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1202}
1203
1204QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001205 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001206 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T, Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001207}
1208
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001209/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1210/// number with the specified element type.
1211QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1212 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1213 // structure.
1214 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1215 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001216
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001217 void *InsertPos = 0;
1218 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1219 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001220
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1222 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1223 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001224 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001225 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001227 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1228 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001229 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001231 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001232 Types.push_back(New);
1233 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1234 return QualType(New, 0);
1235}
1236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001237/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1238/// the specified type.
1239QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1240 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1241 // structure.
1242 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1243 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001244
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001245 void *InsertPos = 0;
1246 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1247 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1250 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1251 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001252 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001253 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001254
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1256 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001257 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001258 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001259 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 Types.push_back(New);
1261 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1262 return QualType(New, 0);
1263}
1264
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001266/// a pointer to the specified block.
1267QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001268 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001270 // structure.
1271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1272 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001273
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001274 void *InsertPos = 0;
1275 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1276 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1277 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001278
1279 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001280 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1281 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001282 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001283 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001284
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001285 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1286 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1287 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001288 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001289 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001290 BlockPointerType *New
1291 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001292 Types.push_back(New);
1293 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1294 return QualType(New, 0);
1295}
1296
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001297/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1298/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001299QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001300 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1301 // structure.
1302 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001303 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304
1305 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001306 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1307 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001308 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001309
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001310 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1313 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1314 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001315 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1316 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1317 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001318
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001319 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001320 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1321 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001322 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 }
1324
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001325 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001326 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1327 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001329 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001330
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001331 return QualType(New, 0);
1332}
1333
1334/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1335/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1336QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1337 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1338 // structure.
1339 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001340 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001341
1342 void *InsertPos = 0;
1343 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1344 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1345 return QualType(RT, 0);
1346
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001347 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1348
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001349 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1350 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1351 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001352 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1353 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1354 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001355
1356 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1357 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1358 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1359 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1360 }
1361
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001362 RValueReferenceType *New
1363 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001364 Types.push_back(New);
1365 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366 return QualType(New, 0);
1367}
1368
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001369/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1370/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001371QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001372 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1373 // structure.
1374 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1375 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1376
1377 void *InsertPos = 0;
1378 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1379 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1380 return QualType(PT, 0);
1381
1382 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1383 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1384 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001385 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001386 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1387
1388 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1389 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1390 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1391 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1392 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001393 MemberPointerType *New
1394 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001395 Types.push_back(New);
1396 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1397 return QualType(New, 0);
1398}
1399
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001401/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001402QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001403 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001404 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1405 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001406 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1407 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001408 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1409
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001410 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1411 // the target.
1412 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001413 ArySize =
1414 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001415
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001416 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001417 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001418
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001419 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001420 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001421 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001422 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001424 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1425 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1426 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001427 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001429 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001432 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001433 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001434 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001436 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1437 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001438 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 Types.push_back(New);
1440 return QualType(New, 0);
1441}
1442
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001443/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1444/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1445QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1446 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1447 DeclarationName Name;
1448 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1449 QualType ATy = Ty;
1450 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1451 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1452 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1453 }
1454 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1455 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1456 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1457 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1458 }
1459 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1460 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1461 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1462 }
1463 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1464 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1465 0, SourceRange());
1466 }
1467 else
1468 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1469 }
1470 return ElemTy;
1471}
1472
1473/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1474/// are replaced with [*]
1475QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1476 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1477 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1478 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1479 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1480 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1481 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1482 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1483 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1484 }
1485 }
1486 }
1487 return Ty;
1488}
1489
1490
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001491/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1492/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001493QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1494 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001495 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001496 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1497 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001498 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1499 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001500 QualType CanonType;
1501
1502 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001503 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1504 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1505 }
1506
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001507 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001508 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001509
1510 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1511 Types.push_back(New);
1512 return QualType(New, 0);
1513}
1514
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001515/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1516/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001517/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001518QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1519 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001520 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001521 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1522 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001523 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1524 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001525 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1526
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001527 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001528 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001529 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001530
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001531 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001532 if (NumElts) {
1533 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1534 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1535 // initializer.
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001536 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001537 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1538
1539 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1540 }
1541
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001542 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1543 if (Canon) {
1544 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1545 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001546 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1547 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1548 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001549 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1550 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1551 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1552 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1553 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1554
1555 if (NumElts) {
1556#ifndef NDEBUG
1557 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1558 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1559 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1560 (void)CanonCheck;
1561#endif
1562 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001563 }
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001564 } else {
1565 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1566 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1567 SourceRange());
1568 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1569 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1570 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001571 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001572
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001573 Types.push_back(New);
1574 return QualType(New, 0);
1575}
1576
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001577QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1578 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1579 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1580 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001581 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001582
1583 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001585 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1586 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1587
1588 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1589 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1590 QualType Canonical;
1591
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001592 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001593 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001594 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001595
1596 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1597 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1598 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001599 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001600 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001601
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001602 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1603 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001604
1605 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1606 Types.push_back(New);
1607 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001608}
1609
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001610/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1611/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001612QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001613 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001614 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001615
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001616 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1617 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001618
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1620 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001621 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001622
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001623 void *InsertPos = 0;
1624 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1625 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1626
1627 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1628 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1629 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001630 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001631 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001632
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001633 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1634 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001635 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001636 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001637 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001638 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001639 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1640 Types.push_back(New);
1641 return QualType(New, 0);
1642}
1643
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001644/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001645/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001646QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001647 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001649 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001650 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001651
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001652 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1653 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001654 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001655 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001656 void *InsertPos = 0;
1657 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1658 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1659
1660 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1661 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1662 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001663 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001664 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001665
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001666 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1667 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001668 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001669 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001670 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1671 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001672 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1673 Types.push_back(New);
1674 return QualType(New, 0);
1675}
1676
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001677QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001678 Expr *SizeExpr,
1679 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001680 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001682 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001683
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001684 void *InsertPos = 0;
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1686 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1687 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1688 if (Canon) {
1689 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1690 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001691 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1692 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1693 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001694 } else {
1695 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1696 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001697 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1698 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1699 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001700
1701 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1702 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1703 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1704 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001705 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1706 } else {
1707 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1708 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001709 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1710 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001711 }
1712 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001713
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001714 Types.push_back(New);
1715 return QualType(New, 0);
1716}
1717
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001718/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001719///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001720QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1721 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1722 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001723 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1724 // structure.
1725 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001726 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001728 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001730 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001731 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001733 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001734 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001735 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001736 Canonical =
1737 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1738 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001739
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001740 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001741 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1742 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001743 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001744 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001745
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001746 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001747 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001748 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001749 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001750 return QualType(New, 0);
1751}
1752
1753/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1754/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001755QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1756 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1757 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001758 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1759 // structure.
1760 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001761 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001762
1763 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001765 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001766 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001767
1768 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001769 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001771 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001772 isCanonical = false;
1773
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001774 const CallingConv CallConv = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1775
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001776 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001777 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001778 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001779 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001780 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1781 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1782 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001783 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001784
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001785 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
1786 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) {
1787 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false;
1788 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false;
1789 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
1790 }
1791 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1792 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1793
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001794 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001795 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001796 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001797
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001798 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001799 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1800 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001801 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001802 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001803
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001804 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001805 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1806 // end of them.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001807 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1808 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) +
1809 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
1810 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
1811 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, EPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001812 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001813 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001814 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1815}
1816
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001817#ifndef NDEBUG
1818static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1819 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1820 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1821 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1822 return true;
1823 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1824 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1825 return true;
1826 return false;
1827}
1828#endif
1829
1830/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1831/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1832QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1833 QualType TST) {
1834 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1835 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1836 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001837 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001838 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1839 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1840 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1841 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001842 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1843 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001844 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1845 }
1846 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1847}
1848
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001849/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1850/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001851QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001852 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001853 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001854
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001855 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001856 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001857
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001858 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1859 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1860
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001861 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001862 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1863 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1864 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001865 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001866 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001867 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1868 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001869 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001870 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001871 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1872 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001873 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001874 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001875
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001876 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001877 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001878}
1879
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001880/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1881/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001882QualType
1883ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001884 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001886 if (Canonical.isNull())
1887 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001888 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1889 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001890 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1891 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1892}
1893
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001894QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1895 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1896
1897 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1898 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1899 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1900
1901 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1902 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1903 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1904}
1905
1906QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1907 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1908
1909 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1910 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1912
1913 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1914 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1915 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1916}
1917
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001918/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1919QualType
1920ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1921 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001922 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001923 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1924
1925 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1926 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1927 void *InsertPos = 0;
1928 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1929 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1930
1931 if (!SubstParm) {
1932 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1933 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1934 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1935 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1936 }
1937
1938 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1939}
1940
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001941/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001942/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001943/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001945 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001946 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001947 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001948 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001949 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001950 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001951 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1952
1953 if (TypeParm)
1954 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001956 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001957 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001958 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1959 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001960
1961 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1962 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1963 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1964 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001965 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001966 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1967 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001968
1969 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1970 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1971
1972 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1973}
1974
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001975TypeSourceInfo *
1976ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1977 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1978 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1979 QualType CanonType) {
1980 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1981
1982 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1983 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1984 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1985 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1986 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1987 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1988 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1989 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1990 return DI;
1991}
1992
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001994ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001995 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001996 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001997 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1998
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001999 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2000 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2001 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2002 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2003
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002004 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002005 Canon);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002006}
2007
2008QualType
2009ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002010 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2011 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002012 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002013 if (!Canon.isNull())
2014 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002015 else
2016 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002017
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002018 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2019 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2020 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002022 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002023 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002024 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002025 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002026 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002027 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002029 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002030 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002031}
2032
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002034ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2035 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2036 unsigned NumArgs) {
2037 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2038 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2039 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2040 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2041 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2042 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2043
2044 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2045 // exists.
2046 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2047 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2048 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2049
2050 void *InsertPos = 0;
2051 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2052 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2053
2054 if (!Spec) {
2055 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2056 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2057 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2058 TypeAlignment);
2059 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2060 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2061 QualType());
2062 Types.push_back(Spec);
2063 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2064 }
2065
2066 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2067 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2068 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2069}
2070
2071QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002072ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2073 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2074 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002075 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002076 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002077
2078 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002079 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002080 if (T)
2081 return QualType(T, 0);
2082
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002083 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2084 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2085 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002086 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2087 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002088 (void)CheckT;
2089 }
2090
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002091 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002092 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002093 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002094 return QualType(T, 0);
2095}
2096
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002097QualType
2098ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) {
2099 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2100 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2101
2102 void *InsertPos = 0;
2103 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2104 if (T)
2105 return QualType(T, 0);
2106
2107 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2108 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2109 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2110 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2111 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2112 (void)CheckT;
2113 }
2114
2115 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2116 Types.push_back(T);
2117 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2118 return QualType(T, 0);
2119}
2120
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002121QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2122 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2123 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2124 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002125 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2126
2127 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2128 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002129 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2130 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2131 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2132
2133 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2134 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002135 }
2136
2137 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002138 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002139
2140 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002141 DependentNameType *T
2142 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002143 if (T)
2144 return QualType(T, 0);
2145
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002146 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002147 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002148 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002150}
2151
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002153ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2154 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002155 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002156 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2157 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2158 // TODO: avoid this copy
2159 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2160 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2161 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2162 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2163 ArgCopy.size(),
2164 ArgCopy.data());
2165}
2166
2167QualType
2168ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2169 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2170 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2171 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2172 unsigned NumArgs,
2173 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002174 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2175
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002176 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002177 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2178 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002179
2180 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002181 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2182 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002183 if (T)
2184 return QualType(T, 0);
2185
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002186 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002187
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002188 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2189 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2190
2191 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2192 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2193 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2194 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2195 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2196 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002197 }
2198
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002199 QualType Canon;
2200 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2201 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2202 Name, NumArgs,
2203 CanonArgs.data());
2204
2205 // Find the insert position again.
2206 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2207 }
2208
2209 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2210 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2211 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002212 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002213 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002214 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002215 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002217}
2218
Douglas Gregor7536dd52010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002219QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern) {
2220 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2221 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern);
2222
2223 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2224 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2225 void *InsertPos = 0;
2226 PackExpansionType *T
2227 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2228 if (T)
2229 return QualType(T, 0);
2230
2231 QualType Canon;
2232 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
2233 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern));
2234
2235 // Find the insert position again.
2236 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2237 }
2238
2239 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon);
2240 Types.push_back(T);
2241 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2242 return QualType(T, 0);
2243}
2244
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002245/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2246/// alphabetically.
2247static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2248 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002249 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002250}
2251
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002252static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002253 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2254 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2255
2256 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2257 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2258 return false;
2259 return true;
2260}
2261
2262static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002263 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2264 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002265
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002266 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2267 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2268
2269 // Remove duplicates.
2270 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2271 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2272}
2273
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002274QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2275 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2276 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2277 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2278 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2279 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2280 return BaseType;
2281
2282 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002283 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002284 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002285 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002286 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2287 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002288
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002289 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2290 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002291 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002292 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2293 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2294 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002295 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2296 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002297 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2298
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002299 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002300 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2301 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002302 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002303 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2304 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002305 }
2306
2307 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002308 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2309 }
2310
2311 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2312 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2313 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2314 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2315 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2316
2317 Types.push_back(T);
2318 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2319 return QualType(T, 0);
2320}
2321
2322/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2323/// the given object type.
2324QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2325 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2326 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2327
2328 void *InsertPos = 0;
2329 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2330 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2331 return QualType(QT, 0);
2332
2333 // Find the canonical object type.
2334 QualType Canonical;
2335 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2336 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2337
2338 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002339 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2340 }
2341
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002342 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002343 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2344 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2345 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002346
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002347 Types.push_back(QType);
2348 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002349 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002350}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002351
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002352/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2353/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2354QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2355 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2356 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002358 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2359 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2360 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2361 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2362 Types.push_back(T);
2363 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002364}
2365
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002366/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2367/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002368/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002370/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002371QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002372 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002373 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2374 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2375 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002377 void *InsertPos = 0;
2378 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2379 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2380 if (Canon) {
2381 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2382 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002383 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002384 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2385 }
2386 else {
2387 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002388 Canon
2389 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002390 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2391 toe = Canon;
2392 }
2393 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002394 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002395 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002396 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002397 Types.push_back(toe);
2398 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002399}
2400
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002401/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2402/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2403/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002404/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002405/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002406QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002407 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002408 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002409 Types.push_back(tot);
2410 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002411}
2412
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002413/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2414/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2415static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002416 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2417 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002419 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2420 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2421 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2422 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2423 return VD->getType();
2424 }
2425 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2426 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2427 return FD->getType();
2428 }
2429 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2430 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2431 // return type of that function.
2432 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2433 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002435 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436
2437 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002438 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002439 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002440 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002441
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002442 return T;
2443}
2444
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002445/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2446/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2447/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002448/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002449/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2450QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002451 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002452 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2453 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2454 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002456 void *InsertPos = 0;
2457 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2458 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2459 if (Canon) {
2460 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2461 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002462 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002463 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2464 }
2465 else {
2466 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002467 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002468 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2469 dt = Canon;
2470 }
2471 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002472 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002473 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002474 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002475 Types.push_back(dt);
2476 return QualType(dt, 0);
2477}
2478
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002479/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2480/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002481QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002482 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002483 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2484 // away const? mutable?
2485 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002486}
2487
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2489/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2490/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002491CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002492 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002493}
2494
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002495/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2496/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2497QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2498 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2499 return WCharTy;
2500}
2501
2502/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2503/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2504QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2505 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2506 return UnsignedIntTy;
2507}
2508
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002509/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2510/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2511QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002512 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002513}
2514
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2516// Type Operators
2517//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2518
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002519CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2520 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2521 // qualifiers.
2522 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002523 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002524 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002525 QualType Result;
2526 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2527 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2528 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2529 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2530 } else {
2531 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2532 }
2533
2534 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2535}
2536
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002537/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2538/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2539/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2540/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2541/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2542/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002543CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002544 QualifierCollector Quals;
2545 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2546 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002547
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002548 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2549 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2550
2551 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2552 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002553 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002554
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002555 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2556 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2557 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002558 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2559 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002560 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002561
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002562 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2563 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002564 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002565 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002567 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002568 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2569 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2570 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002571 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002572 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002573 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2574 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002575 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002577 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002578 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2579 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002580 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002581 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002582 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002583 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002584
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002585 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002586 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002587 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002588 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002589 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002590 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002591}
2592
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002593QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2594 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002595 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002596 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2597 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002598 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002599 }
2600
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002601 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002602 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002603 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2604 return T;
2605
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002606 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002607 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2608 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2609 }
2610
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002611 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002612 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2613 }
2614
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002615 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2616 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002617 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002618 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2619 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2620 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2621 }
2622
2623 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002624 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002625 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2626 SourceRange());
2627}
2628
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002629/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2630/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2631/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2632/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2633/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2634/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2635/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2636/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2637bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2638 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2639 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2640 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2641 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2642 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2643 return true;
2644 }
2645
2646 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2647 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2648 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2649 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2650 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2651 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2652 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2653 return true;
2654 }
2655
2656 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2657 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2658 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2659 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2660 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2661 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2662 return true;
2663 }
2664 }
2665
2666 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2667
2668 return false;
2669}
2670
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002671DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2672 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002673 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002674 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2675 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2676
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002677 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002678 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002679 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002680 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2681 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002682 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002683 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2684 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2685 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2686 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2687 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2688 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002689 }
2690 }
2691
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002692 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2693 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002694 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2695 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002696}
2697
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002698TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002699 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2700 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2701 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2702 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2703
2704 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002705 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002706 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002707
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002708 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002709
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002710 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2711 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2712 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2713}
2714
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002715bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2716 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2717 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2718 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2719}
2720
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002721TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002722ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2723 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2724 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2725 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002727 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002728 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002730 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002731 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002733 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2734 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2735
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002736 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002737 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002738 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002739
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002740 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002741 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002742
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002743 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor87dd6972010-12-20 16:52:59 +00002744 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
2745 return Arg;
2746
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002747 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2748 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002749 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002750 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002751 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2752 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2753 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002754
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002755 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002756 }
2757 }
2758
2759 // Silence GCC warning
2760 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2761 return TemplateArgument();
2762}
2763
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002764NestedNameSpecifier *
2765ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002766 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002767 return 0;
2768
2769 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2770 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2771 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002772 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002773 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2774 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2775
2776 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2777 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2778 // this namespace and no prefix.
2779 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2780
2781 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2782 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2783 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002784
2785 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
2786 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
2787 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
2788 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
2789 // types, e.g.,
2790 // typedef typename T::type T1;
2791 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
2792 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
2793 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2794 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
2795 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
2796 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
2797 }
2798
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00002799 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002800 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
2801 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
2802 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2803 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
2804 TemplateName Name
2805 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier());
2806 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name,
2807 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs());
2808 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2809 }
2810
2811 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002812 }
2813
2814 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2815 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2816 return NNS;
2817 }
2818
2819 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2820 return 0;
2821}
2822
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002823
2824const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2825 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002826 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002827 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2828 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2829 return AT;
2830 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002831
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002832 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002833 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002834 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002835 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002837 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002838 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2839 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002841 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2842 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002843 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002845 QualifierCollector Qs;
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002846 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType(*this));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002847
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002848 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2849 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002850 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002851 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002852
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002853 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2854 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2855 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2856 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002857 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002858
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002859 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2860 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2861 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002862 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002863 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2864 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2865 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002866 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002867
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002868 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002869 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2870 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002871 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002872 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002873 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002874 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002875 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002877 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002878 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002879 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002880 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002881 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002882 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002883}
2884
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002885/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2886/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2887/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2888/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2889///
2890/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2891QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002892 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2893 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2894 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2895 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2896 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2897 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002898
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002899 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002900
2901 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002902 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002903}
2904
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002905QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002906 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002907 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2908 QT = AT->getElementType();
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002909 return Qs.apply(*this, QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002910}
2911
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002912QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2913 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002915 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2916 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002917
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002918 return ElemTy;
2919}
2920
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002921/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002923ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2924 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2925 do {
2926 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2927 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2928 } while (CA);
2929 return ElementCount;
2930}
2931
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002932/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2933/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002934static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002935 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002936 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002937
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002938 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2939 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002940 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002941 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2942 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2943 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2944 }
2945}
2946
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002947/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2948/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002949/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2950/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002951QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2952 QualType Domain) const {
2953 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2954 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2955 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002956 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002957 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2958 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2959 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2960 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002961 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002962
2963 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2964 switch (EltRank) {
2965 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2966 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2967 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2968 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002969 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002970}
2971
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002972/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2973/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2974/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002975/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002976int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2977 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2978 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002979
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002980 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002981 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002982 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002983 return 1;
2984 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002985}
2986
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002987/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2988/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2989/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002990unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002991 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002992 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002993 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002994
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002995 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2996 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2997
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002998 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2999 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3000
3001 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3002 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3003
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003004 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003005 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3006 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003007 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003008 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3009 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3010 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3011 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003012 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003013 case BuiltinType::Short:
3014 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003015 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003016 case BuiltinType::Int:
3017 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003018 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003019 case BuiltinType::Long:
3020 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003021 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003022 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3023 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003024 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003025 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3026 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3027 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003028 }
3029}
3030
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003031/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3032/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3033///
3034/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3035/// promotion occurs.
3036QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003037 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3038 return QualType();
3039
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003040 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3041 if (!Field)
3042 return QualType();
3043
3044 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3045
3046 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3047 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3048 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3049 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3050 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3051 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3052 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3053 return IntTy;
3054
3055 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3056 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3057
3058 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3059 // like the base type.
3060 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3061 // is ridiculous.
3062 return QualType();
3063}
3064
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003065/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3066/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3067/// integer type.
3068QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
3069 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3070 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003071 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3072 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003073 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3074 return IntTy;
3075 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3076 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3077 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3078 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3079}
3080
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003082/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003083/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003084int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003085 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3086 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003087 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003088
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003089 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3090 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003091
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003092 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3093 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003094
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003095 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3096 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3097 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3098 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003099
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003100 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3101 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3102 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3103 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3104 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003105
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003106 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3107 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003108 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003109 return -1;
3110 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003111
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003112 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3113 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3114 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003116 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3117 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003118 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003119 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003120}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003121
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003122static RecordDecl *
3123CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3124 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3125 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3126 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3127 else
3128 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3129}
3130
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003131// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003132QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3133 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003134 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003135 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003136 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003137 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003138
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003139 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003140
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003141 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003142 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003143 // int flags;
3144 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003145 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003146 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003147 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003148 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3149
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003150 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003151 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003152 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003153 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003154 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003156 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003157 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003158 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003159 }
3160
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003162 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003163
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003164 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003165}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003166
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003167void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003168 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003169 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3170 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3171}
3172
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003173// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3174QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3175 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3176 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003177 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003178 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3179 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3180
3181 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3182
3183 // const int *isa;
3184 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3185 // const char *str;
3186 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3187 // unsigned int length;
3188 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3189
3190 // Create fields
3191 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3192 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3193 SourceLocation(), 0,
3194 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3195 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3196 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003197 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003198 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3199 }
3200
3201 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3202 }
3203
3204 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3205}
3206
3207void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3208 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3209 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3210 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3211}
3212
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003213QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003214 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003215 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003216 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003217 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003218 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003220 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3221 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003222 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003223 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3224 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3225 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3226 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003228 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003229 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3230 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3231 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003232 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003233 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003234 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003235 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003236 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003237 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003238
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003239 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003240 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003242 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3243}
3244
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003245QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3246 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3247 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3248
3249 RecordDecl *T;
3250 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003251 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003252 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003253 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003254
3255 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3256 UnsignedLongTy,
3257 UnsignedLongTy,
3258 };
3259
3260 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3261 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003262 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003263 };
3264
3265 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3266 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3267 T,
3268 SourceLocation(),
3269 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003270 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003271 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3272 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003273 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003274 T->addDecl(Field);
3275 }
3276
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003277 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003278
3279 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3280
3281 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3282}
3283
3284void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3285 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3286 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3287 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3288}
3289
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003290QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3291 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3292 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3293
3294 RecordDecl *T;
3295 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003296 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003297 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003298 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003299
3300 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3301 UnsignedLongTy,
3302 UnsignedLongTy,
3303 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3304 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3305 };
3306
3307 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3308 "reserved",
3309 "Size",
3310 "CopyFuncPtr",
3311 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3312 };
3313
3314 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3315 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3316 T,
3317 SourceLocation(),
3318 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003319 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003320 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3321 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003322 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003323 T->addDecl(Field);
3324 }
3325
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003326 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003327
3328 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3329
3330 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3331}
3332
3333void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3334 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3335 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3336 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3337}
3338
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003339bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3340 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3341 return true;
3342 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3343 return true;
3344 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3345 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003346 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3347 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3348 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3349 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3350
3351 }
3352 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003353 return false;
3354}
3355
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003356QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003357 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003358 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003359 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003360 // unsigned int __flags;
3361 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003362 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3363 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003364 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003365 // } *
3366
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003367 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3368
3369 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003370 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3371 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3372 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003373 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003374 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003375 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003376 T->startDefinition();
3377 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3378 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3379 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3380 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3381 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3382 Int32Ty,
3383 Int32Ty,
3384 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3385 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3386 Ty
3387 };
3388
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003389 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003390 "__isa",
3391 "__forwarding",
3392 "__flags",
3393 "__size",
3394 "__copy_helper",
3395 "__destroy_helper",
3396 DeclName,
3397 };
3398
3399 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3400 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3401 continue;
3402 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3403 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003404 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003405 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003406 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003407 T->addDecl(Field);
3408 }
3409
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003410 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003411
3412 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003413}
3414
3415
3416QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003417 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003418 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3419
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003420 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003421 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3422 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3423 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003424 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003425 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003426 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003427 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003428 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3429 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3430 IntTy,
3431 IntTy,
3432 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003433 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3434 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3435 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003436 };
3437
3438 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3439 "__isa",
3440 "__flags",
3441 "__reserved",
3442 "__FuncPtr",
3443 "__descriptor"
3444 };
3445
3446 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003447 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003448 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003449 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003450 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003451 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003452 T->addDecl(Field);
3453 }
3454
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003455 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3456 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003457
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003458 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3459 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3460 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3461 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3462 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3463 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3464 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3465 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003466 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003467 } else {
3468 // Padding.
3469 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3470 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3471 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3472 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3473 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003474
3475 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003476 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003477 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003478 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003479 T->addDecl(Field);
3480 }
3481
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003482 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003483
3484 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003485}
3486
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003487void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003488 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003489 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3490 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3491}
3492
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003493// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3494// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003495static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003496 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003497 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3498 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003499
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003500 return false;
3501}
3502
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003503/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003504/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003505CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003506 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003507
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003508 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003509 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003510 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003511 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3512 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003513 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003514 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003515}
3516
3517static inline
3518std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3519 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003520}
3521
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003522/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003523/// declaration.
3524void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3525 std::string& S) {
3526 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3527 QualType BlockTy =
3528 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3529 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003530 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003531 // Compute size of all parameters.
3532 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3533 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3534 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003535 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3536 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003537 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003538 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3539 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003540 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003541 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003542 ParmOffset += sz;
3543 }
3544 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003545 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003546 // Block pointer and offset.
3547 S += "@?0";
3548 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3549
3550 // Argument types.
3551 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3552 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3553 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3554 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3555 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3556 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3557 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3558 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3559 // elements.
3560 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3561 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3562 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3563 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3564 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003565 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003566 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003567 }
3568}
3569
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003570/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003571/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003572void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003573 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003574 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003575 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003576 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003577 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003578 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003579 // Compute size of all parameters.
3580 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3581 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3582 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003583 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003584 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3585 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003586 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003587 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003588 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003589 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003590 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003591 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3592 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003593 ParmOffset += sz;
3594 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003595 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003596 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003597 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003598
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003599 // Argument types.
3600 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003601 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003602 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003603 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003605 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003606 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3607 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3608 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003609 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003610 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3611 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3612 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003613 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003614 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003615 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003616 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003617 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003618 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003619 }
3620}
3621
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003622/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003623/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003624/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3625/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003626/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3627/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3628/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3629/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3630/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003631/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3632/// @code
3633/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3634/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3635/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3636/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3637/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3638/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3639/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3640/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3641/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3642/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3643/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3644/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3645/// };
3646/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003647void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003648 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003649 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003650 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3651 bool Dynamic = false;
3652 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3653
3654 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3655 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003656 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003657 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3658 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003659 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003660 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003661 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3662 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3663 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3664 Dynamic = true;
3665 } else {
3666 SynthesizePID = PID;
3667 }
3668 }
3669 }
3670 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003671 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003672 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003673 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003674 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003675 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3676 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3677 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3678 Dynamic = true;
3679 } else {
3680 SynthesizePID = PID;
3681 }
3682 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003683 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003684 }
3685 }
3686
3687 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3688 S = "T";
3689
3690 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003691 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3692 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003694 true /* outermost type */,
3695 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003696
3697 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3698 S += ",R";
3699 } else {
3700 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3701 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3702 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003703 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003704 }
3705 }
3706
3707 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3708 // are "dynamic by default".
3709 if (Dynamic)
3710 S += ",D";
3711
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003712 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3713 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003714
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003715 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3716 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003717 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003718 }
3719
3720 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3721 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003722 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003723 }
3724
3725 if (SynthesizePID) {
3726 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3727 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003728 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003729 }
3730
3731 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3732}
3733
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003734/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003735/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3736/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003737/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3738///
3739void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003740 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003741 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003742 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3743 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003744 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003745 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003746 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3747 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003748 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3749 }
3750 }
3751}
3752
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003753void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003754 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003755 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3756 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3757 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3758 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003759 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003760 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003761}
3762
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003763static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3764 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3765 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3766 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3767 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3768 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3769 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3770 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3771 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3772 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3773 return
3774 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3775 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3776 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3777 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3778 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3779 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCall24da7092010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003780 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003781 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3782 case BuiltinType::Long:
3783 return
3784 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3785 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3786 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3787 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3788 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003789 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003790 }
3791}
3792
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003793static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003794 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003795 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3796 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3797 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003798 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003799 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3800 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3801 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3802 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3803 //
3804 // struct
3805 // {
3806 // int integer;
3807 // int flags:2;
3808 // };
3809 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3810 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3811 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3812 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3813 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3814 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3815 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3816 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3817 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3818 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3819 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3820 unsigned i = 0;
3821 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3822 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3823 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3824 if (*Field == FD)
3825 break;
3826 }
3827 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3828 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3829 }
3830 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003831 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3832}
3833
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003834// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003835void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3836 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3837 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003838 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003839 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003840 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003841 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003842 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003843 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3844 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003845 return;
3846 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003847
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003848 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003849 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003850 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003851 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003852 return;
3853 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003854
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003855 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3856 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003857 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003858 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3859 S += ':';
3860 return;
3861 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003862 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3863 }
3864 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3865 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3866 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003867 bool isReadOnly = false;
3868 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3869 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3870 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003871 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003872 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003873 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3874 isReadOnly = true;
3875 S += 'r';
3876 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003877 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003878 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003879 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3880 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003881 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3882 isReadOnly = true;
3883 S += 'r';
3884 }
3885 }
3886 if (isReadOnly) {
3887 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3888 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3889 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003890 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3891 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003892 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003893
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003894 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3895 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3896 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003897 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003898 S += '*';
3899 return;
3900 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003901 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003902 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3903 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3904 S += '#';
3905 return;
3906 }
3907 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3908 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3909 S += '@';
3910 return;
3911 }
3912 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003913 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003914 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003915 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3916
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003917 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003918 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003919 return;
3920 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003921
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003922 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3923 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3924 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003925 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3926 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3927 S += '^';
3928
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003930 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3931 } else {
3932 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003933
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003934 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3935 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3936 else {
3937 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3938 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3939 S += '0';
3940 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941
3942 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003943 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3944 S += ']';
3945 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003946 return;
3947 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003948
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003949 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003950 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003951 return;
3952 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003953
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003954 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003955 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003956 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003957 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3958 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3959 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003960 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3961 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3962 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3963 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3964 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003965 TemplateArgs.data(),
3966 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003967 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3968
3969 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3970 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003971 } else {
3972 S += '?';
3973 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003974 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003975 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003976 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3977 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003978 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003979 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003980 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003981 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003982 S += '"';
3983 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003984
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003985 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003986 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003988 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003989 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003990 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3991 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003992 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003993 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003994 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003995 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003996 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003997 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003998 return;
3999 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004000
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004001 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004002 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004003 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004004 else
4005 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004006 return;
4007 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004009 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004010 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004011 return;
4012 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004013
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004014 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4015 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4016 T = OT->getBaseType();
4017
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004018 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004019 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004020 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004021 S += '{';
4022 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4023 S += II->getName();
4024 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004025 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4026 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4027 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4028 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4029 if (Field->isBitField())
4030 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004031 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004032 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004033 }
4034 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004035 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004036 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004037
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004038 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004039 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4040 S += '@';
4041 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004042 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004043
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004044 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4045 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4046 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4047 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004048 S += '#';
4049 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004050 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004051
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004052 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004053 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004054 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4055 ExpandStructures, FD);
4056 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4057 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4058 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004059 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004060 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4061 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004062 S += '<';
4063 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4064 S += '>';
4065 }
4066 S += '"';
4067 }
4068 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004069 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004071 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4072 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4073 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4074 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004075 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004076 // {...};
4077 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004078 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4079 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004080 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004081 return;
4082 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004083
4084 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004085 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004086 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004087 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004088 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4089 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004090 S += '<';
4091 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4092 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004093 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004094 S += '"';
4095 }
4096 return;
4097 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004098
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004099 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4100 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4101 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4102 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004103
4104 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4105 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4106 // insufficient.
4107 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4108 return;
4109 }
4110
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004111 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004112}
4113
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004115 std::string& S) const {
4116 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4117 S += 'n';
4118 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4119 S += 'N';
4120 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4121 S += 'o';
4122 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4123 S += 'O';
4124 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4125 S += 'R';
4126 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4127 S += 'V';
4128}
4129
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004130void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004131 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004132
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004133 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4134}
4135
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004136void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004137 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004138}
4139
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004140void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004141 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004142}
4143
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004144void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004145 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004146}
4147
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004148void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004149 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004150}
4151
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004152void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004153 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004154 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004155
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004156 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004157}
4158
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004159/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4160/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004161TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4162 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004163 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4164 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4165
4166 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4167 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4168 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4169
4170 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004171 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004172 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4173 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4174 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4175 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4176 *Storage++ = D;
4177 }
4178
4179 return TemplateName(OT);
4180}
4181
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004182/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4183/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004184TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004185 bool TemplateKeyword,
4186 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004187 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004188 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4189 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4190
4191 void *InsertPos = 0;
4192 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4193 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4194 if (!QTN) {
4195 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4196 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4197 }
4198
4199 return TemplateName(QTN);
4200}
4201
4202/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4203/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004204TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004205 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004206 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004207 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004208
4209 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4210 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4211
4212 void *InsertPos = 0;
4213 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4214 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4215
4216 if (QTN)
4217 return TemplateName(QTN);
4218
4219 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4220 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4221 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4222 } else {
4223 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4224 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004225 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4226 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4227 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4228 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004229 }
4230
4231 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4232 return TemplateName(QTN);
4233}
4234
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004235/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4236/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4237TemplateName
4238ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4239 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4240 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4241 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4242
4243 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4244 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4245
4246 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004247 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4248 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004249
4250 if (QTN)
4251 return TemplateName(QTN);
4252
4253 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4254 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4255 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4256 } else {
4257 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4258 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004259
4260 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4261 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4262 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4263 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004264 }
4265
4266 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4267 return TemplateName(QTN);
4268}
4269
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004270/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004271/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4272/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004273CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004274 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004275 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004276 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4277 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4278 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4279 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4280 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4281 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4282 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4283 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4284 }
4285
4286 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004287 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004288}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004289
4290//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4291// Type Predicates.
4292//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4293
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004294/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4295/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4296/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004297/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004298///
4299bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4300 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4301 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004302 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004303 return true;
4304 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004305 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004306}
4307
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004308/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4309/// garbage collection attribute.
4310///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004311Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4312 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004313 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4314 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004315 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004316 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004317 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004318 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004319 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004320 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004321 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004322 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004323 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004324 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004325 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4326 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004327 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004328 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004329 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004330 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004331}
4332
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004333//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4334// Type Compatibility Testing
4335//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004336
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004337/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004338/// compatible.
4339static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4340 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004341 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004342 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004343 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004344}
4345
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004346bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4347 QualType SecondVec) {
4348 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4349 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4350
4351 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4352 return true;
4353
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004354 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4355 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004356 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4357 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004358 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004359 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004360 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4361 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4362 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4363 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004364 return true;
4365
4366 return false;
4367}
4368
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004369//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4370// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4371//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4372
4373/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4374/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004375bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4376 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004377 if (lProto == rProto)
4378 return true;
4379 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4380 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4381 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4382 return true;
4383 return false;
4384}
4385
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004386/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4387/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4388/// otherwise.
4389bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4390 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4391 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4392 return false;
4393}
4394
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004395/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4396/// Class<p1, ...>.
4397bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4398 QualType rhs) {
4399 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4400 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4401 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4402
4403 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4404 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4405 bool match = false;
4406 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4407 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4408 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4409 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4410 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4411 match = true;
4412 break;
4413 }
4414 }
4415 if (!match)
4416 return false;
4417 }
4418 return true;
4419}
4420
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004421/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4422/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4423bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4424 bool compare) {
4425 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004427 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4428 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004429 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004430 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4431 return true;
4432
4433 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004434 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004435
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004436 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004437
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004438 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004439 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004440 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4441 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4442 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4443 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4444 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4445 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4446 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004447 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004448 return false;
4449 }
4450 }
4451 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4452 return true;
4453 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004454 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004455 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4456 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4457 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4458 bool match = false;
4459
4460 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4461 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4462 // through its super class and categories.
4463 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4464 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4465 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4466 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4467 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4468 match = true;
4469 break;
4470 }
4471 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004472 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004473 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4474 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4475 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4476 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4477 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4478 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4479 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004480 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004481 match = true;
4482 break;
4483 }
4484 }
4485 }
4486 if (!match)
4487 return false;
4488 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004489
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004490 return true;
4491 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004492
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4494 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4495
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004496 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004497 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004498 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004499 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4500 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4501 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4502 bool match = false;
4503
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004504 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004505 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4506 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004507 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4508 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004509 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4510 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4511 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4512 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4513 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4514 match = true;
4515 break;
4516 }
4517 }
4518 if (!match)
4519 return false;
4520 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004521
4522 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4523 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4524 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4525 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4526 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4527 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4528 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4529 // assume that it is mismatch.
4530 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4531 return false;
4532 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4533 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4534 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4535 bool match = false;
4536 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4537 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4538 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4539 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4540 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4541 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4542 match = true;
4543 break;
4544 }
4545 }
4546 if (!match)
4547 return false;
4548 }
4549 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004550 return true;
4551 }
4552 return false;
4553}
4554
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004555/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004556/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4557/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4558///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004559bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4560 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004561 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4562 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4563
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004564 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004565 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4566 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004567 return true;
4568
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004569 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004570 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4571 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004572 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004573
4574 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4575 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4576 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4577
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004578 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4579 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004580 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004581
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004582 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004583}
4584
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004585/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4586/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4587/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4588/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4589/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4590bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4591 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4592 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004593 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004594 return true;
4595
4596 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4597 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4598 }
4599
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004600 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004601 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4602 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4603 false);
4604
4605 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4606 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4607 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4608 if (LHS != RHS) {
4609 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4610 return false;
4611 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4612 return true;
4613 }
4614 else
4615 return true;
4616 }
4617 return false;
4618}
4619
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004620/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4621/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4622/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4623/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4624static
4625void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4626 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4627 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4628 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4629
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004630 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4631 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4632 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4633 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004634
4635 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4636 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4637 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4638 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4639 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004640 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004641 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4642 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004643 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4644 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4645 }
4646
4647 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4648 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004649 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4650 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004651 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4652 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4653 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4654 }
4655 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004656 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004657 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4658 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004659 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4660 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4661 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4662 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4663 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004664 }
4665}
4666
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004667/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4668/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4669/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4670/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4671QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004672 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4673 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4674 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4675 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4676 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4677 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4678 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004679 return QualType();
4680
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004681 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4682 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004683 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004684 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4685 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4686
4687 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4688 if (!Protocols.empty())
4689 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4690 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4691 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004692 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004693 }
4694
4695 return QualType();
4696}
4697
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004698bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4699 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4700 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4701 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4702
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004703 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4704 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004705 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004706 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004707
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004708 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4709 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004710 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004711 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004712
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004713 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4714 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004715 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004716 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004717
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004718 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4719 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004720 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4721 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4722
4723 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4724 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004725 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4726 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004727 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4728 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004729 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004730 break;
4731 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004732 }
4733 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4734 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4735 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004736 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004737 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4738 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004739}
4740
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004741bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4742 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004743 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4744 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004745
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004746 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004747 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004748
4749 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4750 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004751}
4752
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004753bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4754 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4755 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4756 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4757}
4758
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004759/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004760/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004761/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004762/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004763bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4764 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004765 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4766 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4767
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004768 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004769}
4770
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004771bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4772 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4773}
4774
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004775/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4776/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4777/// QualType()
4778QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4779 bool OfBlockPointer,
4780 bool Unqualified) {
4781 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4782 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4783 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4784 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4785 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00004786 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004787 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4788 if (!MT.isNull())
4789 return MT;
4790 }
4791 }
4792 }
4793
4794 return QualType();
4795}
4796
4797/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4798/// argument types
4799QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4800 bool OfBlockPointer,
4801 bool Unqualified) {
4802 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4803 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4804 // type is compatible with a union member
4805 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4806 Unqualified);
4807 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4808 return lmerge;
4809
4810 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4811 Unqualified);
4812 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4813 return rmerge;
4814
4815 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4816}
4817
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004818QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004819 bool OfBlockPointer,
4820 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004821 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4822 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004823 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4824 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004825 bool allLTypes = true;
4826 bool allRTypes = true;
4827
4828 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004829 QualType retType;
4830 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004831 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4832 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004833 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004834 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
4835 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004836 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004837
4838 if (Unqualified)
4839 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4840
4841 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4842 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4843 if (Unqualified) {
4844 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4845 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4846 }
4847
4848 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004849 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004850 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004851 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004852
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004853 // FIXME: double check this
4854 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4855 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4856 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004857 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4858 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004859
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004860 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004861 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004862 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004863
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004864 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
4865 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4866 return QualType();
4867
4868 // It's noreturn if either type is.
4869 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
4870 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4871 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
4872 allLTypes = false;
4873 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
4874 allRTypes = false;
4875
4876 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
4877 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
4878 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004879
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004880 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004881 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4882 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004883 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4884 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4885
4886 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4887 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4888 return QualType();
4889
4890 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4891 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4892 return QualType();
4893
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004894 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4895 return QualType();
4896
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004897 // Check argument compatibility
4898 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4899 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4900 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4901 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004902 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4903 OfBlockPointer,
4904 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004905 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004906
4907 if (Unqualified)
4908 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4909
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004910 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004911 if (Unqualified) {
4912 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4913 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4914 }
4915
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004916 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4917 allLTypes = false;
4918 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4919 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004920 }
4921 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4922 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004923
4924 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
4925 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
4926 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004927 }
4928
4929 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4930 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4931
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004932 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004933 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004934 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004935 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4936 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4937 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4938 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4939 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4940 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4941 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4942 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4943 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004944
4945 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4946 // to pass enum values.
4947 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4948 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4949
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004950 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4951 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4952 return QualType();
4953 }
4954
4955 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4956 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004957
4958 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
4959 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004960 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004961 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004962 }
4963
4964 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4965 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004966 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004967}
4968
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004969QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004970 bool OfBlockPointer,
4971 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004972 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4973 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4974 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004975 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4976 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004977 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4978 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004979
4980 if (Unqualified) {
4981 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4982 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4983 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004984
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004985 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4986 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4987
4988 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4989 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4990 return LHS;
4991
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004992 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004993 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4994 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004995 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4996 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4997 // mismatch.
4998 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4999 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5000 return QualType();
5001
5002 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5003 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5004 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5005 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5006 // qualified __strong.
5007 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5008 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5009 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5010
5011 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5012 return QualType();
5013
5014 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5015 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5016 }
5017 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5018 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5019 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005020 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005021 }
5022
5023 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005024
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005025 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5026 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005027
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005028 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5029 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5030 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5031 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005032
5033 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005034 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5035 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5036 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5037 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005038
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005039 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5040 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5041 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5042
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005043 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5044 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5045 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005046
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005047 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005048 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005049 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005050 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005051 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5052 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005053 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005054 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5055 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005056 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005057 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005058 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5059 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005060 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005061
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005062 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005063 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005064
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005065 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005066 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005067#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5068#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005069#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005070#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5071#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5072#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5073 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5074 return QualType();
5075
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005076 case Type::LValueReference:
5077 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005078 case Type::MemberPointer:
5079 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5080 return QualType();
5081
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005082 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005083 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5084 case Type::VariableArray:
5085 case Type::FunctionProto:
5086 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005087 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5088 return QualType();
5089
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005090 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005091 {
5092 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005093 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5094 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005095 if (Unqualified) {
5096 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5097 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5098 }
5099 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5100 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005101 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005102 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005103 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005104 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005105 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005106 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5107 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005108 case Type::BlockPointer:
5109 {
5110 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005111 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5112 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005113 if (Unqualified) {
5114 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5115 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5116 }
5117 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5118 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005119 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5120 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5121 return LHS;
5122 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5123 return RHS;
5124 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5125 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005126 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005127 {
5128 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5129 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5130 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5131 return QualType();
5132
5133 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5134 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005135 if (Unqualified) {
5136 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5137 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5138 }
5139
5140 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005141 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005142 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5143 return LHS;
5144 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5145 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005146 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5147 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5148 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5149 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005150 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5151 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005152 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5153 return LHS;
5154 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5155 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005156 if (LVAT) {
5157 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5158 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5159 // has to be different.
5160 return LHS;
5161 }
5162 if (RVAT) {
5163 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5164 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5165 // has to be different.
5166 return RHS;
5167 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005168 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5169 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005170 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5171 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005172 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005173 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005174 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005175 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005176 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005177 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005178 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005179 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005180 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005181 case Type::Complex:
5182 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5183 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005184 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005185 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005186 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5187 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005188 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005189 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005190 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5191 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005192 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5193 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005194 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5195 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5196 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005197 return LHS;
5198
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005199 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005200 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005201 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005202 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5203 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5204 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5205 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5206 return LHS;
5207 return QualType();
5208 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005209 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5210 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005211 return LHS;
5212
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005213 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005214 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005215 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005216
5217 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005218}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005219
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005220/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5221/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5222/// return types.
5223QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5224 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5225 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5226 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5227 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5228 return LHS;
5229 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5230 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5231 return QualType();
5232 QualType OldReturnType =
5233 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5234 QualType NewReturnType =
5235 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5236 QualType ResReturnType =
5237 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5238 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5239 return QualType();
5240 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5241 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5242 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5243 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5244 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005245 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5246 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005247 QualType ResultType
5248 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005249 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005250 return ResultType;
5251 }
5252 }
5253 return QualType();
5254 }
5255
5256 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5257 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5258 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5259 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5260 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5261 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5262 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5263 return QualType();
5264
5265 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5266 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5267 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5268 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5269 // qualified __strong.
5270 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5271 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5272 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5273
5274 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5275 return QualType();
5276
5277 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5278 return LHS;
5279 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5280 return RHS;
5281 return QualType();
5282 }
5283
5284 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5285 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5286 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5287 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5288 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5289 return LHS;
5290 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5291 return RHS;
5292 }
5293 return QualType();
5294}
5295
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005296//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005297// Integer Predicates
5298//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005299
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005300unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005301 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005302 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005303 if (T->isBooleanType())
5304 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005305 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005306 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5307}
5308
5309QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005310 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005311
5312 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5313 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5314 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005315 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005316
5317 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5318 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005319 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005320
5321 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5322 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005323 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5324 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5325 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5326 return UnsignedCharTy;
5327 case BuiltinType::Short:
5328 return UnsignedShortTy;
5329 case BuiltinType::Int:
5330 return UnsignedIntTy;
5331 case BuiltinType::Long:
5332 return UnsignedLongTy;
5333 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5334 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005335 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5336 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005337 default:
5338 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5339 return QualType();
5340 }
5341}
5342
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005343ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5344
5345void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005346
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005347ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5348
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005349
5350//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5351// Builtin Type Computation
5352//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5353
5354/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005355/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5356/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5357/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5358/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005359///
5360/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5361/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005362static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005363 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005364 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005365 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005366 // Modifiers.
5367 int HowLong = 0;
5368 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005369 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005370
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005371 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005372 bool Done = false;
5373 while (!Done) {
5374 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005375 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005376 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005377 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005378 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005379 case 'S':
5380 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5381 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5382 Signed = true;
5383 break;
5384 case 'U':
5385 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5386 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5387 Unsigned = true;
5388 break;
5389 case 'L':
5390 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5391 ++HowLong;
5392 break;
5393 }
5394 }
5395
5396 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005397
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005398 // Read the base type.
5399 switch (*Str++) {
5400 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5401 case 'v':
5402 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5403 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5404 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5405 break;
5406 case 'f':
5407 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5408 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5409 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5410 break;
5411 case 'd':
5412 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5413 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5414 if (HowLong)
5415 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5416 else
5417 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5418 break;
5419 case 's':
5420 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5421 if (Unsigned)
5422 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5423 else
5424 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5425 break;
5426 case 'i':
5427 if (HowLong == 3)
5428 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5429 else if (HowLong == 2)
5430 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5431 else if (HowLong == 1)
5432 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5433 else
5434 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5435 break;
5436 case 'c':
5437 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5438 if (Signed)
5439 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5440 else if (Unsigned)
5441 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5442 else
5443 Type = Context.CharTy;
5444 break;
5445 case 'b': // boolean
5446 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5447 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5448 break;
5449 case 'z': // size_t.
5450 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5451 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5452 break;
5453 case 'F':
5454 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5455 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005456 case 'G':
5457 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5458 break;
5459 case 'H':
5460 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5461 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005462 case 'a':
5463 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5464 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5465 break;
5466 case 'A':
5467 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5468 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5469 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5470 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5471 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5472 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5473 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5474 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5475 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5476 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005477 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005478 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005479 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005480 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005481 break;
5482 case 'V': {
5483 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005484 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5485 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005486 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005487
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005488 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5489 RequiresICE, false);
5490 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005491
5492 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005493 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005494 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005495 break;
5496 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005497 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005498 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5499 false);
5500 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005501 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5502 break;
5503 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005504 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005505 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5506 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005507 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005508 return QualType();
5509 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005510 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005511 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005512 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005513 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005514 else
5515 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5516
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005517 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005518 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005519 return QualType();
5520 }
5521 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005522 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005523
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005524 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5525 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005526 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005527 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005528 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5529 case '*':
5530 case '&': {
5531 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5532 // qualified with an address space.
5533 char *End;
5534 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5535 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5536 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5537 Str = End;
5538 }
5539 if (c == '*')
5540 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5541 else
5542 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5543 break;
5544 }
5545 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5546 case 'C':
5547 Type = Type.withConst();
5548 break;
5549 case 'D':
5550 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5551 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005552 }
5553 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005554
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005555 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005556 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005557
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005558 return Type;
5559}
5560
5561/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005562QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005563 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5564 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005565 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005566
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005567 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005568
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005569 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005570 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005571 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5572 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005573 if (Error != GE_None)
5574 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005575
5576 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5577
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005578 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005579 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005580 if (Error != GE_None)
5581 return QualType();
5582
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005583 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5584 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5585 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5586 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5587
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005588 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5589 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5590 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005591
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005592 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5593 }
5594
5595 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5596 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5597
5598 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5599 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5600 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005601
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005602 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5603 EPI.Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005604 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005605
5606 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005607}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005608
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005609GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5610 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5611
5612 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5613 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5614 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5615 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5616
5617 switch (L) {
5618 case NoLinkage:
5619 case InternalLinkage:
5620 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5621 return GVA_Internal;
5622
5623 case ExternalLinkage:
5624 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5625 case TSK_Undeclared:
5626 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5627 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5628 break;
5629
5630 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5631 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5632
5633 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5634 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5635 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5636 break;
5637 }
5638 }
5639
5640 if (!FD->isInlined())
5641 return External;
5642
5643 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5644 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5645 // externally visible.
5646 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5647 return External;
5648
5649 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5650 return GVA_C99Inline;
5651 }
5652
5653 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5654 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5655 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5656 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5657 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5658 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5659 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5660 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5661 return GVA_C99Inline;
5662
5663 return GVA_CXXInline;
5664}
5665
5666GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5667 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5668 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5669 // template.
5670 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5671 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5672 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5673
5674 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5675 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5676 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5677 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5678
5679 switch (L) {
5680 case NoLinkage:
5681 case InternalLinkage:
5682 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5683 return GVA_Internal;
5684
5685 case ExternalLinkage:
5686 switch (TSK) {
5687 case TSK_Undeclared:
5688 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5689 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5690
5691 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5692 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5693 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5694
5695 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5696 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5697
5698 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5699 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5700 }
5701 }
5702
5703 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5704}
5705
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005706bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005707 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5708 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5709 return false;
5710 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5711 return false;
5712
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005713 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5714 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5715 return false;
5716
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005717 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5718 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5719 return true;
5720
5721 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5722 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5723 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5724 return false;
5725
5726 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5727 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5728 return true;
5729
5730 // The key function for a class is required.
5731 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5732 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5733 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5734 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5735 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5736 return true;
5737 }
5738 }
5739
5740 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5741
5742 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5743 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5744 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5745 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5746 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5747 return false;
5748 return true;
5749 }
5750
5751 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5752 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5753
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005754 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5755 return false;
5756
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005757 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5758
5759 // FIXME: Handle references.
5760 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5761 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbbc64542010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005762 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5763 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005764 return true;
5765 }
5766 }
5767
5768 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5769 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5770 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5771 return false;
5772 }
5773
5774 return true;
5775}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005776
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005777CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5778 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5779 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
5780}
5781
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00005782bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
5783 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5784 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
5785}
5786
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005787CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}